Sony PCV-L630 - Vaio Slimtop Computer User Manual Download Page 102 | Manualshive

Page: 102 / 1055

background image

Features

For a complete description of the specifications of your Sony computer, see

Specifications

.



i.LINK

®

(IEEE-1394):

Two built-in i.LINK ports provide you with front and rear digital connection

capability. The i.LINK name and logo identify a digital interface (IEEE-1394) for high speed
communication.



Exceptional performance:

Your computer includes a fast Intel

®

processor and a V.90-compatible

data/fax modem.



Ergo-Angle

Multimedia LCD display:

With its exclusive dual-hinge pedestal, this 15" XGA TFT

display provides twice the flexibility of other LCDs. Select the perfect viewing angle and enjoy the
built-in Harman/Kardon

®

stereo speakers.



AutoAlert

E-mail Notification System:

Custom software automatically downloads e-mail on a

pre-set schedule via Microsoft

®

Outlook

®

Express. A light on the LCD display instantly lets you

know when new mail is received.



VAIO Smart convertible keyboard:

The innovative palm rest converts to a keyboard cover for

a sleek look when not in use. Six Programmable Power Keys let you launch any application with
the push of a button; dual-sided mouse connections for left- or right- hand use.



Sony Memory Stick

®

media slot:

The next generation of digital media, smaller than a stick of

gum. Easily delivers information from one

Memory Stick

-equipped electronic device to another,

so you can transfer images, sounds, data and text between cameras, computers, and more.



Compact components

: Enjoy the small footprint and versatile setup options available by

positioning the components in an arrangement of your choice.



Sony audio and video quality

: High-fidelity 3D audio system and high-powered 3D graphics

(AGP) enable you to take advantage of today's advanced multimedia applications, games, and
entertainment software.



Preinstalled software titles

: All the software on your computer is preinstalled, configured, and

ready for you to use right out of the box.



Microsoft

®

Windows

®

98 Second Edition operating system

: Your system includes the latest

operating system from Microsoft.



Communications

: Access popular online services, browse the Internet, send faxes, and more.

* Actual upload and download speeds may vary due to line conditions, ISP support, and government
regulations.

Unpacking Your Computer

Computer and Supplied Accessories

Page 102

«
...
100
101
102
103
104
...
»

Summary of Contents for PCV-L630 - Vaio Slimtop Computer

Page 1: ...ration K56flex is a trademark of Lucent Technologies Inc and Rockwell International All other trademarks are trademarks of their respective owners For questions regarding your product or for the Sony Service Center nearest you call 1 888 476 6972 The number below is for FCC related matters only Regulatory Information Declaration of Conformity Trade Name SONY Model No PCV L630 Responsible Party Son...

Page 2: ... When the Application Recovery menu appears follow the on screen instructions to complete the recovery process Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs If you have two Application Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program You may be prompted to insert the second CD depending on the application you wish to restore Q How do I change the parallel port...

Page 3: ...the Windows volume control If you are using headphones adjust the volume control on the front of the system Q How do I turn off my Information LED after I have read my e mail A To turn off the Information LED click the icon in the Windows task tray Q Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD A When you insert a music CD the Sony Media Bar application...

Page 4: ...rnet account and e mail software step by step Refer to the information provided by your ISP or your e mail software for more information Once you have set up your Internet account and Outlook you can use the AutoAlert E mail Notification System and internal timer features For more information see Internal Timer and AutoAlert E mail Notification System in the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide Us...

Page 5: ...stions Adobe Systems Incorporated 206 628 5737 M F 6 AM 5 PM Pacific Time America Online 800 827 3338 7 days a week 6 AM 2 PM Eastern Time AT T 800 400 1447 7 days a week 24 hours a day CompuServe Interactive Services 800 848 8990 M F 8 AM 1 AM Eastern Time S S 10 AM 10 PM Eastern Time EarthLink Network Inc 800 395 8410 7 days a week 24 hours a day GTE Internet 800 927 3000 7 days a week 24 hours ...

Page 6: ... When the Application Recovery menu appears follow the on screen instructions to complete the recovery process Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs If you have two Application Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program You may be prompted to insert the second CD depending on the application you wish to restore Q How do I change the parallel port...

Page 7: ...the Windows volume control If you are using headphones adjust the volume control on the front of the system Q How do I turn off my Information LED after I have read my e mail A To turn off the Information LED click the icon in the Windows task tray Q Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD A When you insert a music CD the Sony Media Bar application...

Page 8: ...rnet account and e mail software step by step Refer to the information provided by your ISP or your e mail software for more information Once you have set up your Internet account and Outlook you can use the AutoAlert E mail Notification System and internal timer features For more information see Internal Timer and AutoAlert E mail Notification System in the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide Us...

Page 9: ...stions Adobe Systems Incorporated 206 628 5737 M F 6 AM 5 PM Pacific Time America Online 800 827 3338 7 days a week 6 AM 2 PM Eastern Time AT T 800 400 1447 7 days a week 24 hours a day CompuServe Interactive Services 800 848 8990 M F 8 AM 1 AM Eastern Time S S 10 AM 10 PM Eastern Time EarthLink Network Inc 800 395 8410 7 days a week 24 hours a day GTE Internet 800 927 3000 7 days a week 24 hours ...

Page 10: ... When the Application Recovery menu appears follow the on screen instructions to complete the recovery process Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs If you have two Application Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program You may be prompted to insert the second CD depending on the application you wish to restore Q How do I change the parallel port...

Page 11: ...he Windows volume control If you are using headphones adjust the volume control on the front of the system Q How do I turn off my Information LED after I have read my e mail A To turn off the Information LED click the icon in the Windows task tray Q Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD A When you insert a music CD the Sony Media Bar application ...

Page 12: ...net account and e mail software step by step Refer to the information provided by your ISP or your e mail software for more information Once you have set up your Internet account and Outlook you can use the AutoAlert E mail Notification System and internal timer features For more information see Internal Timer and AutoAlert E mail Notification System in the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide Usi...

Page 13: ...tions Adobe Systems Incorporated 206 628 5737 M F 6 AM 5 PM Pacific Time America Online 800 827 3338 7 days a week 6 AM 2 PM Eastern Time AT T 800 400 1447 7 days a week 24 hours a day CompuServe Interactive Services 800 848 8990 M F 8 AM 1 AM Eastern Time S S 10 AM 10 PM Eastern Time EarthLink Network Inc 800 395 8410 7 days a week 24 hours a day GTE Internet 800 927 3000 7 days a week 24 hours a...

Page 14: ... When the Application Recovery menu appears follow the on screen instructions to complete the recovery process Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs If you have two Application Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program You may be prompted to insert the second CD depending on the application you wish to restore Q How do I change the parallel port...

Page 15: ...he Windows volume control If you are using headphones adjust the volume control on the front of the system Q How do I turn off my Information LED after I have read my e mail A To turn off the Information LED click the icon in the Windows task tray Q Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD A When you insert a music CD the Sony Media Bar application ...

Page 16: ...net account and e mail software step by step Refer to the information provided by your ISP or your e mail software for more information Once you have set up your Internet account and Outlook you can use the AutoAlert E mail Notification System and internal timer features For more information see Internal Timer and AutoAlert E mail Notification System in the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide Usi...

Page 17: ...tions Adobe Systems Incorporated 206 628 5737 M F 6 AM 5 PM Pacific Time America Online 800 827 3338 7 days a week 6 AM 2 PM Eastern Time AT T 800 400 1447 7 days a week 24 hours a day CompuServe Interactive Services 800 848 8990 M F 8 AM 1 AM Eastern Time S S 10 AM 10 PM Eastern Time EarthLink Network Inc 800 395 8410 7 days a week 24 hours a day GTE Internet 800 927 3000 7 days a week 24 hours a...

Page 18: ... When the Application Recovery menu appears follow the on screen instructions to complete the recovery process Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs If you have two Application Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program You may be prompted to insert the second CD depending on the application you wish to restore Q How do I change the parallel port...

Page 19: ...he Windows volume control If you are using headphones adjust the volume control on the front of the system Q How do I turn off my Information LED after I have read my e mail A To turn off the Information LED click the icon in the Windows task tray Q Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD A When you insert a music CD the Sony Media Bar application ...

Page 20: ...net account and e mail software step by step Refer to the information provided by your ISP or your e mail software for more information Once you have set up your Internet account and Outlook you can use the AutoAlert E mail Notification System and internal timer features For more information see Internal Timer and AutoAlert E mail Notification System in the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide Usi...

Page 21: ...tions Adobe Systems Incorporated 206 628 5737 M F 6 AM 5 PM Pacific Time America Online 800 827 3338 7 days a week 6 AM 2 PM Eastern Time AT T 800 400 1447 7 days a week 24 hours a day CompuServe Interactive Services 800 848 8990 M F 8 AM 1 AM Eastern Time S S 10 AM 10 PM Eastern Time EarthLink Network Inc 800 395 8410 7 days a week 24 hours a day GTE Internet 800 927 3000 7 days a week 24 hours a...

Page 22: ... When the Application Recovery menu appears follow the on screen instructions to complete the recovery process Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs If you have two Application Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program You may be prompted to insert the second CD depending on the application you wish to restore Q How do I change the parallel port...

Page 23: ...he Windows volume control If you are using headphones adjust the volume control on the front of the system Q How do I turn off my Information LED after I have read my e mail A To turn off the Information LED click the icon in the Windows task tray Q Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD A When you insert a music CD the Sony Media Bar application ...

Page 24: ...net account and e mail software step by step Refer to the information provided by your ISP or your e mail software for more information Once you have set up your Internet account and Outlook you can use the AutoAlert E mail Notification System and internal timer features For more information see Internal Timer and AutoAlert E mail Notification System in the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide Usi...

Page 25: ...tions Adobe Systems Incorporated 206 628 5737 M F 6 AM 5 PM Pacific Time America Online 800 827 3338 7 days a week 6 AM 2 PM Eastern Time AT T 800 400 1447 7 days a week 24 hours a day CompuServe Interactive Services 800 848 8990 M F 8 AM 1 AM Eastern Time S S 10 AM 10 PM Eastern Time EarthLink Network Inc 800 395 8410 7 days a week 24 hours a day GTE Internet 800 927 3000 7 days a week 24 hours a...

Page 26: ... When the Application Recovery menu appears follow the on screen instructions to complete the recovery process Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs If you have two Application Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program You may be prompted to insert the second CD depending on the application you wish to restore Q How do I change the parallel port...

Page 27: ...he Windows volume control If you are using headphones adjust the volume control on the front of the system Q How do I turn off my Information LED after I have read my e mail A To turn off the Information LED click the icon in the Windows task tray Q Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD A When you insert a music CD the Sony Media Bar application ...

Page 28: ...net account and e mail software step by step Refer to the information provided by your ISP or your e mail software for more information Once you have set up your Internet account and Outlook you can use the AutoAlert E mail Notification System and internal timer features For more information see Internal Timer and AutoAlert E mail Notification System in the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide Usi...

Page 29: ...tions Adobe Systems Incorporated 206 628 5737 M F 6 AM 5 PM Pacific Time America Online 800 827 3338 7 days a week 6 AM 2 PM Eastern Time AT T 800 400 1447 7 days a week 24 hours a day CompuServe Interactive Services 800 848 8990 M F 8 AM 1 AM Eastern Time S S 10 AM 10 PM Eastern Time EarthLink Network Inc 800 395 8410 7 days a week 24 hours a day GTE Internet 800 927 3000 7 days a week 24 hours a...

Page 30: ... When the Application Recovery menu appears follow the on screen instructions to complete the recovery process Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs If you have two Application Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program You may be prompted to insert the second CD depending on the application you wish to restore Q How do I change the parallel port...

Page 31: ...he Windows volume control If you are using headphones adjust the volume control on the front of the system Q How do I turn off my Information LED after I have read my e mail A To turn off the Information LED click the icon in the Windows task tray Q Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD A When you insert a music CD the Sony Media Bar application ...

Page 32: ...net account and e mail software step by step Refer to the information provided by your ISP or your e mail software for more information Once you have set up your Internet account and Outlook you can use the AutoAlert E mail Notification System and internal timer features For more information see Internal Timer and AutoAlert E mail Notification System in the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide Usi...

Page 33: ...tions Adobe Systems Incorporated 206 628 5737 M F 6 AM 5 PM Pacific Time America Online 800 827 3338 7 days a week 6 AM 2 PM Eastern Time AT T 800 400 1447 7 days a week 24 hours a day CompuServe Interactive Services 800 848 8990 M F 8 AM 1 AM Eastern Time S S 10 AM 10 PM Eastern Time EarthLink Network Inc 800 395 8410 7 days a week 24 hours a day GTE Internet 800 927 3000 7 days a week 24 hours a...

Page 34: ... When the Application Recovery menu appears follow the on screen instructions to complete the recovery process Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs If you have two Application Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program You may be prompted to insert the second CD depending on the application you wish to restore Q How do I change the parallel port...

Page 35: ...he Windows volume control If you are using headphones adjust the volume control on the front of the system Q How do I turn off my Information LED after I have read my e mail A To turn off the Information LED click the icon in the Windows task tray Q Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD A When you insert a music CD the Sony Media Bar application ...

Page 36: ...net account and e mail software step by step Refer to the information provided by your ISP or your e mail software for more information Once you have set up your Internet account and Outlook you can use the AutoAlert E mail Notification System and internal timer features For more information see Internal Timer and AutoAlert E mail Notification System in the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide Usi...

Page 37: ...tions Adobe Systems Incorporated 206 628 5737 M F 6 AM 5 PM Pacific Time America Online 800 827 3338 7 days a week 6 AM 2 PM Eastern Time AT T 800 400 1447 7 days a week 24 hours a day CompuServe Interactive Services 800 848 8990 M F 8 AM 1 AM Eastern Time S S 10 AM 10 PM Eastern Time EarthLink Network Inc 800 395 8410 7 days a week 24 hours a day GTE Internet 800 927 3000 7 days a week 24 hours a...

Page 38: ... When the Application Recovery menu appears follow the on screen instructions to complete the recovery process Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs If you have two Application Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program You may be prompted to insert the second CD depending on the application you wish to restore Q How do I change the parallel port...

Page 39: ...he Windows volume control If you are using headphones adjust the volume control on the front of the system Q How do I turn off my Information LED after I have read my e mail A To turn off the Information LED click the icon in the Windows task tray Q Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD A When you insert a music CD the Sony Media Bar application ...

Page 40: ...net account and e mail software step by step Refer to the information provided by your ISP or your e mail software for more information Once you have set up your Internet account and Outlook you can use the AutoAlert E mail Notification System and internal timer features For more information see Internal Timer and AutoAlert E mail Notification System in the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide Usi...

Page 41: ...tions Adobe Systems Incorporated 206 628 5737 M F 6 AM 5 PM Pacific Time America Online 800 827 3338 7 days a week 6 AM 2 PM Eastern Time AT T 800 400 1447 7 days a week 24 hours a day CompuServe Interactive Services 800 848 8990 M F 8 AM 1 AM Eastern Time S S 10 AM 10 PM Eastern Time EarthLink Network Inc 800 395 8410 7 days a week 24 hours a day GTE Internet 800 927 3000 7 days a week 24 hours a...

Page 42: ... When the Application Recovery menu appears follow the on screen instructions to complete the recovery process Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs If you have two Application Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program You may be prompted to insert the second CD depending on the application you wish to restore Q How do I change the parallel port...

Page 43: ...he Windows volume control If you are using headphones adjust the volume control on the front of the system Q How do I turn off my Information LED after I have read my e mail A To turn off the Information LED click the icon in the Windows task tray Q Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD A When you insert a music CD the Sony Media Bar application ...

Page 44: ...net account and e mail software step by step Refer to the information provided by your ISP or your e mail software for more information Once you have set up your Internet account and Outlook you can use the AutoAlert E mail Notification System and internal timer features For more information see Internal Timer and AutoAlert E mail Notification System in the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide Usi...

Page 45: ...tions Adobe Systems Incorporated 206 628 5737 M F 6 AM 5 PM Pacific Time America Online 800 827 3338 7 days a week 6 AM 2 PM Eastern Time AT T 800 400 1447 7 days a week 24 hours a day CompuServe Interactive Services 800 848 8990 M F 8 AM 1 AM Eastern Time S S 10 AM 10 PM Eastern Time EarthLink Network Inc 800 395 8410 7 days a week 24 hours a day GTE Internet 800 927 3000 7 days a week 24 hours a...

Page 46: ... When the Application Recovery menu appears follow the on screen instructions to complete the recovery process Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs If you have two Application Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program You may be prompted to insert the second CD depending on the application you wish to restore Q How do I change the parallel port...

Page 47: ...he Windows volume control If you are using headphones adjust the volume control on the front of the system Q How do I turn off my Information LED after I have read my e mail A To turn off the Information LED click the icon in the Windows task tray Q Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD A When you insert a music CD the Sony Media Bar application ...

Page 48: ...net account and e mail software step by step Refer to the information provided by your ISP or your e mail software for more information Once you have set up your Internet account and Outlook you can use the AutoAlert E mail Notification System and internal timer features For more information see Internal Timer and AutoAlert E mail Notification System in the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide Usi...

Page 49: ...tions Adobe Systems Incorporated 206 628 5737 M F 6 AM 5 PM Pacific Time America Online 800 827 3338 7 days a week 6 AM 2 PM Eastern Time AT T 800 400 1447 7 days a week 24 hours a day CompuServe Interactive Services 800 848 8990 M F 8 AM 1 AM Eastern Time S S 10 AM 10 PM Eastern Time EarthLink Network Inc 800 395 8410 7 days a week 24 hours a day GTE Internet 800 927 3000 7 days a week 24 hours a...

Page 50: ... When the Application Recovery menu appears follow the on screen instructions to complete the recovery process Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs If you have two Application Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program You may be prompted to insert the second CD depending on the application you wish to restore Q How do I change the parallel port...

Page 51: ...he Windows volume control If you are using headphones adjust the volume control on the front of the system Q How do I turn off my Information LED after I have read my e mail A To turn off the Information LED click the icon in the Windows task tray Q Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD A When you insert a music CD the Sony Media Bar application ...

Page 52: ...net account and e mail software step by step Refer to the information provided by your ISP or your e mail software for more information Once you have set up your Internet account and Outlook you can use the AutoAlert E mail Notification System and internal timer features For more information see Internal Timer and AutoAlert E mail Notification System in the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide Usi...

Page 53: ...tions Adobe Systems Incorporated 206 628 5737 M F 6 AM 5 PM Pacific Time America Online 800 827 3338 7 days a week 6 AM 2 PM Eastern Time AT T 800 400 1447 7 days a week 24 hours a day CompuServe Interactive Services 800 848 8990 M F 8 AM 1 AM Eastern Time S S 10 AM 10 PM Eastern Time EarthLink Network Inc 800 395 8410 7 days a week 24 hours a day GTE Internet 800 927 3000 7 days a week 24 hours a...

Page 54: ... When the Application Recovery menu appears follow the on screen instructions to complete the recovery process Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs If you have two Application Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program You may be prompted to insert the second CD depending on the application you wish to restore Q How do I change the parallel port...

Page 55: ...he Windows volume control If you are using headphones adjust the volume control on the front of the system Q How do I turn off my Information LED after I have read my e mail A To turn off the Information LED click the icon in the Windows task tray Q Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD A When you insert a music CD the Sony Media Bar application ...

Page 56: ...net account and e mail software step by step Refer to the information provided by your ISP or your e mail software for more information Once you have set up your Internet account and Outlook you can use the AutoAlert E mail Notification System and internal timer features For more information see Internal Timer and AutoAlert E mail Notification System in the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide Usi...

Page 57: ...tions Adobe Systems Incorporated 206 628 5737 M F 6 AM 5 PM Pacific Time America Online 800 827 3338 7 days a week 6 AM 2 PM Eastern Time AT T 800 400 1447 7 days a week 24 hours a day CompuServe Interactive Services 800 848 8990 M F 8 AM 1 AM Eastern Time S S 10 AM 10 PM Eastern Time EarthLink Network Inc 800 395 8410 7 days a week 24 hours a day GTE Internet 800 927 3000 7 days a week 24 hours a...

Page 58: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Page 59: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Page 60: ...t button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data...

Page 61: ...nnector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR...

Page 62: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Page 63: ...t the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved ...

Page 64: ...he computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration ...

Page 65: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Page 66: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Page 67: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Page 68: ...card into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card ico...

Page 69: ...Power schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press t...

Page 70: ...ss and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If y...

Page 71: ...one or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device...

Page 72: ...Internet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to th...

Page 73: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Page 74: ... Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to res...

Page 75: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Page 76: ... When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is...

Page 77: ...setting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The oth...

Page 78: ...ut Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration L...

Page 79: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Page 80: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Page 81: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Page 82: ...t button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data...

Page 83: ...nnector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR...

Page 84: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Page 85: ...t the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved ...

Page 86: ...he computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration ...

Page 87: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Page 88: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Page 89: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Page 90: ...card into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card ico...

Page 91: ...Power schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press t...

Page 92: ...ss and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If y...

Page 93: ...one or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device...

Page 94: ...Internet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to th...

Page 95: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Page 96: ... Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to res...

Page 97: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Page 98: ... When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is...

Page 99: ...setting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The oth...

Page 100: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Page 101: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Page 102: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Page 103: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Page 104: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Page 105: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Page 106: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Page 107: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Page 108: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Page 109: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Page 110: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Page 111: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Page 112: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Page 113: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Page 114: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Page 115: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Page 116: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Page 117: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Page 118: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Page 119: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Page 120: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Page 121: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Page 122: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Page 123: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Page 124: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Page 125: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Page 126: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Page 127: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Page 128: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Page 129: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Page 130: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Page 131: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Page 132: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Page 133: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Page 134: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Page 135: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Page 136: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Page 137: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Page 138: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Page 139: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Page 140: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Page 141: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Page 142: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Page 143: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Page 144: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Page 145: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Page 146: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Page 147: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Page 148: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Page 149: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Page 150: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Page 151: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Page 152: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Page 153: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Page 154: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Page 155: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Page 156: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Page 157: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Page 158: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Page 159: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Page 160: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Page 161: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Page 162: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Page 163: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Page 164: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Page 165: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Page 166: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Page 167: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Page 168: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Page 169: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Page 170: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Page 171: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Page 172: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Page 173: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Page 174: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Page 175: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Page 176: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Page 177: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Page 178: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Page 179: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Page 180: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Page 181: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Page 182: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Page 183: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Page 184: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Page 185: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Page 186: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Page 187: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Page 188: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Page 189: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Page 190: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Page 191: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Page 192: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Page 193: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Page 194: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Page 195: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Page 196: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Page 197: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Page 198: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Page 199: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Page 200: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Page 201: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Page 202: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Page 203: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Page 204: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Page 205: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Page 206: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Page 207: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Page 208: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Page 209: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Page 210: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Page 211: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Page 212: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Page 213: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Page 214: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Page 215: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Page 216: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Page 217: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Page 218: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Page 219: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Page 220: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Page 221: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Page 222: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Page 223: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Page 224: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Page 225: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Page 226: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Page 227: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Page 228: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Page 229: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Page 230: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Page 231: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Page 232: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Page 233: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Page 234: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Page 235: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Page 236: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Page 237: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Page 238: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Page 239: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Page 240: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Page 241: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Page 242: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Page 243: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Page 244: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Page 245: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Page 246: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Page 247: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Page 248: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Page 249: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Page 250: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Page 251: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Page 252: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Page 253: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Page 254: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Page 255: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Page 256: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Page 257: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Page 258: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Page 259: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Page 260: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Page 261: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Page 262: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Page 263: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Page 264: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Page 265: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Page 266: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Page 267: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Page 268: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Page 269: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Page 270: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Page 271: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Page 272: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Page 273: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Page 274: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Page 275: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Page 276: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Page 277: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Page 278: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Page 279: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Page 280: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Page 281: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Page 282: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Page 283: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Page 284: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Page 285: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Page 286: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Page 287: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Page 288: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Page 289: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Page 290: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Page 291: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Page 292: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Page 293: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Page 294: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Page 295: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Page 296: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Page 297: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Page 298: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Page 299: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Page 300: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Page 301: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Page 302: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Page 303: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Page 304: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Page 305: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Page 306: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Page 307: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Page 308: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Page 309: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Page 310: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Page 311: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Page 312: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Page 313: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Page 314: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Page 315: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Page 316: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Page 317: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Page 318: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Page 319: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Page 320: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Page 321: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Page 322: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Page 323: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Page 324: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Page 325: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Page 326: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Page 327: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Page 328: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Page 329: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Page 330: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Page 331: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Page 332: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Page 333: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Page 334: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Page 335: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Page 336: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Page 337: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Page 338: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Page 339: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Page 340: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Page 341: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Page 342: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Page 343: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Page 344: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Page 345: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Page 346: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Page 347: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Page 348: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Page 349: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Page 350: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Page 351: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Page 352: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Page 353: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Page 354: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Page 355: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Page 356: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Page 357: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Page 358: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Page 359: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Page 360: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Page 361: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Page 362: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Page 363: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Page 364: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Page 365: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Page 366: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Page 367: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Page 368: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Page 369: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Page 370: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Page 371: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Page 372: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Page 373: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Page 374: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Page 375: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Page 376: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Page 377: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Page 378: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Page 379: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Page 380: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Page 381: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Page 382: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Page 383: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Page 384: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Page 385: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Page 386: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Page 387: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Page 388: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Page 389: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Page 390: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Page 391: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Page 392: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Page 393: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Page 394: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Page 395: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Page 396: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Page 397: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Page 398: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Page 399: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Page 400: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Page 401: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Page 402: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Page 403: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Page 404: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Page 405: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Page 406: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Page 407: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Page 408: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Page 409: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Page 410: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Page 411: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Page 412: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Page 413: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Page 414: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Page 415: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Page 416: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Page 417: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Page 418: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Page 419: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Page 420: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Page 421: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Page 422: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Page 423: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Page 424: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Page 425: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Page 426: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Page 427: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Page 428: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Page 429: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Page 430: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Page 431: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Page 432: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Page 433: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Page 434: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Page 435: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Page 436: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Page 437: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Page 438: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Page 439: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Page 440: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Page 441: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Page 442: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Page 443: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Page 444: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Page 445: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Page 446: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Page 447: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Page 448: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Page 449: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Page 450: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Page 451: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Page 452: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Page 453: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Page 454: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Page 455: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Page 456: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Page 457: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Page 458: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Page 459: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Page 460: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Page 461: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Page 462: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Page 463: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Page 464: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Page 465: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Page 466: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Page 467: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Page 468: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Page 469: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Page 470: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Page 471: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Page 472: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Page 473: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Page 474: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Page 475: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Page 476: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Page 477: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Page 478: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Page 479: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Page 480: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Page 481: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Page 482: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Page 483: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Page 484: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Page 485: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Page 486: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Page 487: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Page 488: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Page 489: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Page 490: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Page 491: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Page 492: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Page 493: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Page 494: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Page 495: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Page 496: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Page 497: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Page 498: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Page 499: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Page 500: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Page 501: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Page 502: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Page 503: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Page 504: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Page 505: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Page 506: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Page 507: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Page 508: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Page 509: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Page 510: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Page 511: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Page 512: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Page 513: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Page 514: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Page 515: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Page 516: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Page 517: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Page 518: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Page 519: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Page 520: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Page 521: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Page 522: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Page 523: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Page 524: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Page 525: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Page 526: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Page 527: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Page 528: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Page 529: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Page 530: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Page 531: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Page 532: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Page 533: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Page 534: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Page 535: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Page 536: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Page 537: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Page 538: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Page 539: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Page 540: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Page 541: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Page 542: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Page 543: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Page 544: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Page 545: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Page 546: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Page 547: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Page 548: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Page 549: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Page 550: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Page 551: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Page 552: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Page 553: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Page 554: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Page 555: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Page 556: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Page 557: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Page 558: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Page 559: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Page 560: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Page 561: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Page 562: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Page 563: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Page 564: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Page 565: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Page 566: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Page 567: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Page 568: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Page 569: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Page 570: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Page 571: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Page 572: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Page 573: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Page 574: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Page 575: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Page 576: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Page 577: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Page 578: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Page 579: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Page 580: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Page 581: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Page 582: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Page 583: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Page 584: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Page 585: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Page 586: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Page 587: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Page 588: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Page 589: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Page 590: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Page 591: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Page 592: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Page 593: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Page 594: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Page 595: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Page 596: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Page 597: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Page 598: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Page 599: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Page 600: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Page 601: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Page 602: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Page 603: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Page 604: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Page 605: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Page 606: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Page 607: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Page 608: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Page 609: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Page 610: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Page 611: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Page 612: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Page 613: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Page 614: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Page 615: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Page 616: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Page 617: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Page 618: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Page 619: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Page 620: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Page 621: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Page 622: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Page 623: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Page 624: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Page 625: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Page 626: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Page 627: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Page 628: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Page 629: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Page 630: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Page 631: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Page 632: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Page 633: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Page 634: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Page 635: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Page 636: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Page 637: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Page 638: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Page 639: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Page 640: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Page 641: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Page 642: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Page 643: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Page 644: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Page 645: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Page 646: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Page 647: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Page 648: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Page 649: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Page 650: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Page 651: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Page 652: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Page 653: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Page 654: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Page 655: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Page 656: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Page 657: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Page 658: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Page 659: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Page 660: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Page 661: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Page 662: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Page 663: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Page 664: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Page 665: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Page 666: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Page 667: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Page 668: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Page 669: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Page 670: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Page 671: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Page 672: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Page 673: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Page 674: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Page 675: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Page 676: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Page 677: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Page 678: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Page 679: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Page 680: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Page 681: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Page 682: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Page 683: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Page 684: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Page 685: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Page 686: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Page 687: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Page 688: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Page 689: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Page 690: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Page 691: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Page 692: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Page 693: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Page 694: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Page 695: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Page 696: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Page 697: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Page 698: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Page 699: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Page 700: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Page 701: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Page 702: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Page 703: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Page 704: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Page 705: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Page 706: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Page 707: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Page 708: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Page 709: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Page 710: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Page 711: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Page 712: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Page 713: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Page 714: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Page 715: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Page 716: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Page 717: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Page 718: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Page 719: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Page 720: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Page 721: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Page 722: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Page 723: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Page 724: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Page 725: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Page 726: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Page 727: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Page 728: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Page 729: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Page 730: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Page 731: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Page 732: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Page 733: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Page 734: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Page 735: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Page 736: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Page 737: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Page 738: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Page 739: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Page 740: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Page 741: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Page 742: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Page 743: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Page 744: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Page 745: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Page 746: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Page 747: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Page 748: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Page 749: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Page 750: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Page 751: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Page 752: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Page 753: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Page 754: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Page 755: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Page 756: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Page 757: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Page 758: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Page 759: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Page 760: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Page 761: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Page 762: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Page 763: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Page 764: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Page 765: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Page 766: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Page 767: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Page 768: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Page 769: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Page 770: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Page 771: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Page 772: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Page 773: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Page 774: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Page 775: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Page 776: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Page 777: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Page 778: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Page 779: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Page 780: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Page 781: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Page 782: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Page 783: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Page 784: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Page 785: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Page 786: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Page 787: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Page 788: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Page 789: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Page 790: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Page 791: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Page 792: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Page 793: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Page 794: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Page 795: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Page 796: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Page 797: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Page 798: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Page 799: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Page 800: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Page 801: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Page 802: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Page 803: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Page 804: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Page 805: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Page 806: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Page 807: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Page 808: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Page 809: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Page 810: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Page 811: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Page 812: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Page 813: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Page 814: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Page 815: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Page 816: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Page 817: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Page 818: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Page 819: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Page 820: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Page 821: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Page 822: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Page 823: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Page 824: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Page 825: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Page 826: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Page 827: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Page 828: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Page 829: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Page 830: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Page 831: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Page 832: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Page 833: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Page 834: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Page 835: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Page 836: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Page 837: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Page 838: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Page 839: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Page 840: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Page 841: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Page 842: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Page 843: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Page 844: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Page 845: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Page 846: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Page 847: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Page 848: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Page 849: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Page 850: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Page 851: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Page 852: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Page 853: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Page 854: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Page 855: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Page 856: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Page 857: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Page 858: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Page 859: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Page 860: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Page 861: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Page 862: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Page 863: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Page 864: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Page 865: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Page 866: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Page 867: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Page 868: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Page 869: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Page 870: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Page 871: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Page 872: ...t work in a carpeted area and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity cellophane wrappers for example Removing the Cover If you remove the cover immediately after you shut down your computer the components may be too hot to touch Wait until the internal parts of the system unit cool down before you attempt to remove the cover 1 Push down on the two projections at the rear o...

Page 873: ... cover 8 Connect all peripheral devices and AC power and then turn on the computer Adding Memory The computer has two memory slots For memory upgrades use only 3 3V unbuffered 4 clock 64 bit 100 MHz SDRAM DIMM modules To install memory Make sure you observe the proper safety precautions when you add DIMMs to your Sony computer See Notes on Use in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide 1 Shut down you...

Page 874: ...eplacing the Lithium Battery After several years when the lithium battery starts to weaken the system settings stored in CMOS RAM such as the date and time may be wrong When this occurs you need to replace the lithium battery To replace the lithium battery 1 Write down any changes you have made to the settings in the BIOS Setup utility If you have not made any changes to the BIOS settings proceed ...

Page 875: ...formation Guide 6 Replace the cover The values stored in the CMOS memory are now reset to the factory default values You must run the Setup utility to reset the date time passwords and other changes you may have made to the BIOS settings If you do not wish to customize your BIOS settings you do not need to run the Setup utility If you simply wish to reset the date and time see Windows Help for ins...

Page 876: ...t work in a carpeted area and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity cellophane wrappers for example Removing the Cover If you remove the cover immediately after you shut down your computer the components may be too hot to touch Wait until the internal parts of the system unit cool down before you attempt to remove the cover 1 Push down on the two projections at the rear o...

Page 877: ... cover 8 Connect all peripheral devices and AC power and then turn on the computer Adding Memory The computer has two memory slots For memory upgrades use only 3 3V unbuffered 4 clock 64 bit 100 MHz SDRAM DIMM modules To install memory Make sure you observe the proper safety precautions when you add DIMMs to your Sony computer See Notes on Use in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide 1 Shut down you...

Page 878: ...eplacing the Lithium Battery After several years when the lithium battery starts to weaken the system settings stored in CMOS RAM such as the date and time may be wrong When this occurs you need to replace the lithium battery To replace the lithium battery 1 Write down any changes you have made to the settings in the BIOS Setup utility If you have not made any changes to the BIOS settings proceed ...

Page 879: ...formation Guide 6 Replace the cover The values stored in the CMOS memory are now reset to the factory default values You must run the Setup utility to reset the date time passwords and other changes you may have made to the BIOS settings If you do not wish to customize your BIOS settings you do not need to run the Setup utility If you simply wish to reset the date and time see Windows Help for ins...

Page 880: ...t work in a carpeted area and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity cellophane wrappers for example Removing the Cover If you remove the cover immediately after you shut down your computer the components may be too hot to touch Wait until the internal parts of the system unit cool down before you attempt to remove the cover 1 Push down on the two projections at the rear o...

Page 881: ... cover 8 Connect all peripheral devices and AC power and then turn on the computer Adding Memory The computer has two memory slots For memory upgrades use only 3 3V unbuffered 4 clock 64 bit 100 MHz SDRAM DIMM modules To install memory Make sure you observe the proper safety precautions when you add DIMMs to your Sony computer See Notes on Use in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide 1 Shut down you...

Page 882: ...eplacing the Lithium Battery After several years when the lithium battery starts to weaken the system settings stored in CMOS RAM such as the date and time may be wrong When this occurs you need to replace the lithium battery To replace the lithium battery 1 Write down any changes you have made to the settings in the BIOS Setup utility If you have not made any changes to the BIOS settings proceed ...

Page 883: ...formation Guide 6 Replace the cover The values stored in the CMOS memory are now reset to the factory default values You must run the Setup utility to reset the date time passwords and other changes you may have made to the BIOS settings If you do not wish to customize your BIOS settings you do not need to run the Setup utility If you simply wish to reset the date and time see Windows Help for ins...

Page 884: ...t work in a carpeted area and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity cellophane wrappers for example Removing the Cover If you remove the cover immediately after you shut down your computer the components may be too hot to touch Wait until the internal parts of the system unit cool down before you attempt to remove the cover 1 Push down on the two projections at the rear o...

Page 885: ... cover 8 Connect all peripheral devices and AC power and then turn on the computer Adding Memory The computer has two memory slots For memory upgrades use only 3 3V unbuffered 4 clock 64 bit 100 MHz SDRAM DIMM modules To install memory Make sure you observe the proper safety precautions when you add DIMMs to your Sony computer See Notes on Use in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide 1 Shut down you...

Page 886: ...eplacing the Lithium Battery After several years when the lithium battery starts to weaken the system settings stored in CMOS RAM such as the date and time may be wrong When this occurs you need to replace the lithium battery To replace the lithium battery 1 Write down any changes you have made to the settings in the BIOS Setup utility If you have not made any changes to the BIOS settings proceed ...

Page 887: ...formation Guide 6 Replace the cover The values stored in the CMOS memory are now reset to the factory default values You must run the Setup utility to reset the date time passwords and other changes you may have made to the BIOS settings If you do not wish to customize your BIOS settings you do not need to run the Setup utility If you simply wish to reset the date and time see Windows Help for ins...

Page 888: ...t work in a carpeted area and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity cellophane wrappers for example Removing the Cover If you remove the cover immediately after you shut down your computer the components may be too hot to touch Wait until the internal parts of the system unit cool down before you attempt to remove the cover 1 Push down on the two projections at the rear o...

Page 889: ... cover 8 Connect all peripheral devices and AC power and then turn on the computer Adding Memory The computer has two memory slots For memory upgrades use only 3 3V unbuffered 4 clock 64 bit 100 MHz SDRAM DIMM modules To install memory Make sure you observe the proper safety precautions when you add DIMMs to your Sony computer See Notes on Use in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide 1 Shut down you...

Page 890: ...eplacing the Lithium Battery After several years when the lithium battery starts to weaken the system settings stored in CMOS RAM such as the date and time may be wrong When this occurs you need to replace the lithium battery To replace the lithium battery 1 Write down any changes you have made to the settings in the BIOS Setup utility If you have not made any changes to the BIOS settings proceed ...

Page 891: ...formation Guide 6 Replace the cover The values stored in the CMOS memory are now reset to the factory default values You must run the Setup utility to reset the date time passwords and other changes you may have made to the BIOS settings If you do not wish to customize your BIOS settings you do not need to run the Setup utility If you simply wish to reset the date and time see Windows Help for ins...

Page 892: ...t work in a carpeted area and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity cellophane wrappers for example Removing the Cover If you remove the cover immediately after you shut down your computer the components may be too hot to touch Wait until the internal parts of the system unit cool down before you attempt to remove the cover 1 Push down on the two projections at the rear o...

Page 893: ... cover 8 Connect all peripheral devices and AC power and then turn on the computer Adding Memory The computer has two memory slots For memory upgrades use only 3 3V unbuffered 4 clock 64 bit 100 MHz SDRAM DIMM modules To install memory Make sure you observe the proper safety precautions when you add DIMMs to your Sony computer See Notes on Use in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide 1 Shut down you...

Page 894: ...eplacing the Lithium Battery After several years when the lithium battery starts to weaken the system settings stored in CMOS RAM such as the date and time may be wrong When this occurs you need to replace the lithium battery To replace the lithium battery 1 Write down any changes you have made to the settings in the BIOS Setup utility If you have not made any changes to the BIOS settings proceed ...

Page 895: ...formation Guide 6 Replace the cover The values stored in the CMOS memory are now reset to the factory default values You must run the Setup utility to reset the date time passwords and other changes you may have made to the BIOS settings If you do not wish to customize your BIOS settings you do not need to run the Setup utility If you simply wish to reset the date and time see Windows Help for ins...

Page 896: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Page 897: ...mporary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happ...

Page 898: ...lso purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date in...

Page 899: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Page 900: ...space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power ...

Page 901: ...y Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on ...

Page 902: ...d envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty s...

Page 903: ... and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and fre...

Page 904: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Page 905: ...mporary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happ...

Page 906: ...lso purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date in...

Page 907: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Page 908: ...space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power ...

Page 909: ...y Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on ...

Page 910: ...d envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty s...

Page 911: ... and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and fre...

Page 912: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Page 913: ...mporary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happ...

Page 914: ...lso purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date in...

Page 915: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Page 916: ...space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power ...

Page 917: ...y Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on ...

Page 918: ...d envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty s...

Page 919: ... and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and fre...

Page 920: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Page 921: ...mporary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happ...

Page 922: ...lso purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date in...

Page 923: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Page 924: ...space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power ...

Page 925: ...y Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on ...

Page 926: ...d envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty s...

Page 927: ... and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and fre...

Page 928: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Page 929: ...mporary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happ...

Page 930: ...lso purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date in...

Page 931: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Page 932: ...space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power ...

Page 933: ...y Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on ...

Page 934: ...d envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty s...

Page 935: ... and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and fre...

Page 936: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Page 937: ...mporary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happ...

Page 938: ...lso purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date in...

Page 939: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Page 940: ...space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power ...

Page 941: ...y Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on ...

Page 942: ...d envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty s...

Page 943: ... and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and fre...

Page 944: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Page 945: ...mporary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happ...

Page 946: ...lso purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date in...

Page 947: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Page 948: ...space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power ...

Page 949: ...y Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on ...

Page 950: ...d envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty s...

Page 951: ... and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and fre...

Page 952: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Page 953: ...mporary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happ...

Page 954: ...lso purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date in...

Page 955: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Page 956: ...space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power ...

Page 957: ...y Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on ...

Page 958: ...d envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty s...

Page 959: ... and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and fre...

Page 960: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Page 961: ...mporary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happ...

Page 962: ...lso purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date in...

Page 963: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Page 964: ...space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power ...

Page 965: ...y Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on ...

Page 966: ...d envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty s...

Page 967: ... and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and fre...

Page 968: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Page 969: ...mporary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happ...

Page 970: ...lso purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date in...

Page 971: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Page 972: ...space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power ...

Page 973: ...y Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on ...

Page 974: ...d envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty s...

Page 975: ... and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and fre...

Page 976: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Page 977: ...mporary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happ...

Page 978: ...lso purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date in...

Page 979: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Page 980: ...space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power ...

Page 981: ...y Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on ...

Page 982: ...d envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty s...

Page 983: ... and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and fre...

Page 984: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Page 985: ...mporary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happ...

Page 986: ...lso purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date in...

Page 987: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Page 988: ...space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power ...

Page 989: ...y Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on ...

Page 990: ...d envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty s...

Page 991: ... and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and fre...

Page 992: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Page 993: ...mporary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happ...

Page 994: ...lso purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date in...

Page 995: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Page 996: ...space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power ...

Page 997: ...y Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on ...

Page 998: ...d envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty s...

Page 999: ... and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and fre...

Page 1000: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Page 1001: ...porary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happe...

Page 1002: ...so purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date inf...

Page 1003: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Page 1004: ...pace of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power o...

Page 1005: ... Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on t...

Page 1006: ... envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty se...

Page 1007: ...and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and free...

Page 1008: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Page 1009: ...porary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happe...

Page 1010: ...so purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date inf...

Page 1011: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Page 1012: ...pace of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power o...

Page 1013: ... Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on t...

Page 1014: ... envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty se...

Page 1015: ...and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and free...

Page 1016: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Page 1017: ...porary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happe...

Page 1018: ...so purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date inf...

Page 1019: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Page 1020: ...pace of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power o...

Page 1021: ... Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on t...

Page 1022: ... envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty se...

Page 1023: ...and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and free...

Page 1024: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Page 1025: ...porary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happe...

Page 1026: ...so purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date inf...

Page 1027: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Page 1028: ...pace of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power o...

Page 1029: ... Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on t...

Page 1030: ... envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty se...

Page 1031: ...and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and free...

Page 1032: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Page 1033: ...porary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happe...

Page 1034: ...so purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date inf...

Page 1035: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Page 1036: ...pace of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power o...

Page 1037: ... Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on t...

Page 1038: ... envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty se...

Page 1039: ...and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and free...

Page 1040: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Page 1041: ...porary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happe...

Page 1042: ...so purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date inf...

Page 1043: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Page 1044: ...pace of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power o...

Page 1045: ... Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on t...

Page 1046: ... envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty se...

Page 1047: ...and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and free...

Page 1048: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Page 1049: ...porary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happe...

Page 1050: ...so purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date inf...

Page 1051: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Page 1052: ...pace of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power o...

Page 1053: ... Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on t...

Page 1054: ... envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty se...

Page 1055: ...and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and free...

Reviews:

No comments

Related manuals for PCV-L630 - Vaio Slimtop Computer

Brand: Baaske Medical Pages: 40

TORO WORKSTATION JBTORO15WS

Brand: J.Burrows Pages: 8

OptiPlex 7440 All-In-One W11C

Brand: Dell Pages: 80

Brand: Dell Pages: 41

Brand: Lenovo Pages: 54

Brand: Lenovo Pages: 64

Brand: Lenovo Pages: 4

Brand: Lenovo Pages: 84

Brand: Lenovo Pages: 2

Brand: Lenovo Pages: 4

Brand: Lenovo Pages: 102

Brand: Lenovo Pages: 56

Brand: Lenovo Pages: 92

Brand: Lenovo Pages: 4

415539U - Ts D20 Twr X/2.26 4Gb 500Gb Dvdr Wvb64

Brand: Lenovo Pages: 70

Brand: Lenovo Pages: 76

Brand: Lenovo Pages: 60

30141DU - IdeaCentre Q100 Mini PC

Brand: Lenovo Pages: 72

Brands by name

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

Popular brands

Load more brands